1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
32 #include "blockinput.h"
34 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
35 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
36 #include "syssignal.h"
38 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
39 if this is not done before the other system files. */
41 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
43 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
44 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
46 #include <sys/types.h>
49 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
58 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
59 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
62 #include "character.h"
65 #include "dispextern.h"
67 #include "termhooks.h"
70 #include "emacs-icon.h"
75 #include "intervals.h"
81 #include "xsettings.h"
83 #include "sysselect.h"
86 #include <X11/Shell.h>
89 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
100 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
104 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
106 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
107 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
109 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
111 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
112 #if defined USE_MOTIF
113 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
114 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
115 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
121 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
123 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
124 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
126 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
127 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
128 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
129 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
131 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
135 #ifndef XtNinitialState
136 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
140 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
144 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
149 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
152 static int any_help_event_p
;
154 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
155 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
157 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
160 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
162 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
163 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
164 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
165 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
167 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
169 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
170 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
171 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
172 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
174 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
176 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
178 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
180 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
185 } pending_event_wait
;
188 /* The application context for Xt use. */
189 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
190 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
191 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
193 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
195 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
197 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
198 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
199 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
201 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
205 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
206 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
207 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
208 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
210 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
212 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
213 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
214 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
215 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
216 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
217 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
218 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
219 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
220 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
223 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
225 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
226 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
229 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
231 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
232 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
235 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
236 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
239 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
241 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
242 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
243 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
244 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
245 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
246 it's somewhat accurate. */
248 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
250 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
252 static Time last_user_time
;
254 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
258 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
260 static int input_signal_count
;
263 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
265 static int x_noop_count
;
267 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
270 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
273 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
274 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
276 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
277 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
280 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
281 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
283 /* XEmbed implementation. */
285 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
289 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
294 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
295 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
296 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
297 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
299 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
300 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
301 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
303 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
304 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
305 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
306 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
307 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
310 /* Used in x_flush. */
312 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
313 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
314 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
315 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
317 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
318 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
319 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
320 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
321 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
322 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
323 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
324 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
325 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
326 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
327 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
328 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
329 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
330 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
331 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
332 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
333 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
334 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
335 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
336 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
338 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
339 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
340 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
341 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
342 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
343 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
344 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
345 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
346 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
348 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
349 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
350 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
351 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
352 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
353 int *, struct input_event
*);
354 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
355 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
356 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
359 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
362 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
364 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
365 connection may be broken. */
366 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
372 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
373 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
374 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
375 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
377 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
378 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
383 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
384 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
385 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
386 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
387 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
390 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
393 /***********************************************************************
395 ***********************************************************************/
399 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
400 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
408 struct record event_record
[100];
410 int event_record_index
;
413 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
415 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
416 event_record_index
= 0;
418 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
419 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
420 event_record_index
++;
427 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
429 struct x_display_info
*
430 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
432 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
434 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
435 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
441 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
444 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
446 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
447 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
448 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
450 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
453 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
454 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
455 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
456 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
458 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
463 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
464 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
465 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
466 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
470 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
472 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
475 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
477 /* return unless necessary */
482 unsigned long n
, left
;
484 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
485 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
486 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
487 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
490 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
492 XFree ((void *) data
);
493 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
502 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
503 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
504 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
505 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
510 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
512 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
516 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
518 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
522 /***********************************************************************
523 Starting and ending an update
524 ***********************************************************************/
526 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
527 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
528 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
529 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
530 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
533 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
539 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
540 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
544 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
546 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
547 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
550 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
554 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
556 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
557 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
559 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
561 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
562 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
569 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
572 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
574 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
577 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
579 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
582 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
583 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
586 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
588 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
589 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
591 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
592 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
593 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
595 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
596 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
600 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
602 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
604 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
609 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
611 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
613 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
614 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
619 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
620 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
621 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
623 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
624 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
625 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
628 updated_window
= NULL
;
632 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
636 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
638 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
639 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
643 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
649 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
650 complete update has been performed. The global variable
651 updated_window is not available here. */
654 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
658 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
660 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
661 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
664 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
665 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
666 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
667 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
668 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
675 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
676 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
677 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
678 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
679 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
680 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
683 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
685 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
691 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
692 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
694 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
695 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
696 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
697 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
698 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
699 overhead is very small. */
700 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
701 && desired_row
->full_width_p
702 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
703 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
705 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
708 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
711 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
712 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
713 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
714 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
715 y
, width
, height
, False
);
721 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
724 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
725 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
726 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
727 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
729 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
730 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
734 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
736 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
737 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
738 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
739 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
741 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
743 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
745 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
746 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
747 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
748 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
749 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
750 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
751 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
752 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
754 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
758 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
759 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
760 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
764 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
765 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
766 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
767 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
771 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
773 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
774 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
776 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
781 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
783 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
784 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
786 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
787 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
792 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
793 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
796 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
802 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
803 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
807 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
809 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
811 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
813 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
815 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
816 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
818 face
->background
, depth
);
822 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
823 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
826 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
827 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
828 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
829 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
832 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
833 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
834 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
838 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
839 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
840 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
844 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
849 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
850 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
851 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
855 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
859 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
860 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
863 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
868 /***********************************************************************
870 ***********************************************************************/
874 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
875 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
878 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
887 unsigned long *, double, int);
888 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
889 double, int, unsigned long);
890 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
891 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
892 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
895 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
897 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
898 int, int, int, int, int, int,
900 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
901 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
902 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
905 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
909 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
913 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
915 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
916 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
917 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
919 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
922 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
926 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
927 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
929 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
930 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
931 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
932 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
933 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
937 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
938 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
939 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
941 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
942 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
945 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
946 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
947 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
949 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
950 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
953 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
954 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
956 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
961 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
964 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
969 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
970 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
971 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
973 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
975 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
976 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
978 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
979 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
980 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
982 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
986 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
991 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
992 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
993 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
994 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
996 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
997 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1000 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1001 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1003 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1006 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1010 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1011 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1012 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1015 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1017 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1021 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1022 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1026 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1028 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1030 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1032 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1033 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1035 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1037 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1038 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1040 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1042 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1045 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1047 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1048 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1050 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1051 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1054 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1058 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1059 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1062 /* GC must have been set. */
1063 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1067 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1068 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1071 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1073 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1074 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1077 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1082 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1083 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1087 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1092 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1094 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1097 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1102 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1105 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1108 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1109 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1111 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1113 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1115 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1116 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1119 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1120 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1121 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1125 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1127 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1129 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1130 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1131 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1135 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1136 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1141 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1144 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1147 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1148 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1149 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1150 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1154 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1155 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1156 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1157 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1158 contains the first component of a composition. */
1161 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1163 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1164 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1165 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1167 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1171 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1172 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1173 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1174 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1175 s
->background_width
,
1176 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1177 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1178 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1180 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1181 || s
->font_not_found_p
1182 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1185 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1186 s
->background_width
,
1187 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1188 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1194 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1197 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1201 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1202 of S to the right of that box line. */
1203 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1204 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1205 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1209 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1211 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1213 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1215 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1216 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1217 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1219 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1224 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1225 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1228 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1229 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1231 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1233 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1234 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1237 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1242 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1245 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1248 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1250 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1251 of S to the right of that box line. */
1252 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1253 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1254 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1258 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1259 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1260 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1261 this composition. */
1263 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1264 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1265 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1267 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1268 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1269 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1271 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1275 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1276 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1278 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1279 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1281 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1282 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1283 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1288 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1293 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1295 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1296 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1297 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1300 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1305 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1306 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1309 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1310 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1311 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1312 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1313 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1322 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1324 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1330 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1333 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1335 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1339 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1340 of S to the right of that box line. */
1341 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1342 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1343 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1349 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1351 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1352 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1354 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1357 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1358 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1362 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1363 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1364 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1365 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1366 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1367 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1370 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1372 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1373 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1374 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1380 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1383 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1384 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1386 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1387 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1389 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1390 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1391 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1393 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1394 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1395 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1398 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1399 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1400 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1401 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1402 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1403 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1407 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1409 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1410 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1411 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1412 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1413 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1416 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1417 cannot be determined. */
1419 static struct frame
*
1420 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1426 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1428 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1429 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1430 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1431 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1432 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1433 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1435 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1436 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1437 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1438 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1439 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1441 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1442 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1443 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1450 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1451 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1452 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1453 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1456 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1458 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1459 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1463 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1464 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1465 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1466 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1467 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1468 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1471 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1472 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1474 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1475 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1479 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1480 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1482 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1484 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1486 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1491 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1492 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1494 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1497 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1499 DPY is the display we are working on.
1501 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1502 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1503 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1504 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1506 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1507 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1509 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1510 we allocated the color or not.
1512 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1515 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1516 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1517 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1527 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1528 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1530 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1534 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1535 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1536 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1538 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1541 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1543 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1545 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1546 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1548 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1549 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1551 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1557 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1559 params
[0] = color_name
;
1560 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1561 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1562 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1567 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1569 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1575 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1580 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1583 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1588 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1589 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1590 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1592 APP is the application context in which we work.
1594 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1595 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1596 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1598 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1601 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1606 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1608 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1611 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1613 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1614 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1615 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1616 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1617 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1622 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1625 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1626 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1627 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1628 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1630 static const XColor
*
1631 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1633 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1635 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1637 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1640 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1641 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1642 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1643 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1644 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1646 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1647 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1649 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1650 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1653 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1654 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1658 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1659 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1662 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1664 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1666 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1669 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1671 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1672 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1673 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1674 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1678 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1682 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1683 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1686 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1688 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1692 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1693 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1694 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1698 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1702 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1705 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1706 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1707 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1708 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1710 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1712 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1714 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1716 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1717 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1718 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1719 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1721 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1724 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1728 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1729 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1730 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1731 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1735 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1736 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1737 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1738 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1739 XColor
*cached_color
;
1741 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1742 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1743 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1744 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1745 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1747 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1748 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1749 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1753 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1755 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1756 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1762 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1763 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1764 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1768 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1770 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1771 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1775 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1776 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1777 get color reference counts right. */
1780 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1784 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1786 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1787 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1789 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1790 register_color (pixel
);
1796 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1797 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1798 get color reference counts right. */
1801 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1805 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1807 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1808 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1810 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1811 register_color (pixel
);
1817 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1820 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1821 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1822 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1823 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1824 use an additional additive factor.
1826 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1827 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1828 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1831 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1832 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1833 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1834 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1835 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1836 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1839 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1845 /* Get RGB color values. */
1846 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1847 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1849 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1850 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1851 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1852 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1853 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1855 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1856 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1858 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1859 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1860 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1861 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1862 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1864 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1865 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1866 /* The additive adjustment. */
1867 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1871 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1872 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1873 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1877 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1878 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1879 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1883 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1884 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1887 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1889 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1890 delta to the RGB values. */
1891 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1896 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1907 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1908 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1909 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1910 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1911 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1912 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1915 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1918 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1919 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1920 unsigned long pixel
;
1921 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1922 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1923 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1924 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1926 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1927 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1929 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1930 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1931 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1933 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1935 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1936 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1939 /* Allocate new color. */
1940 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1942 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1943 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1945 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1946 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1949 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1951 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1953 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1956 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1960 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1963 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1965 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1966 unsigned long color
;
1968 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1969 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1970 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1972 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1973 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1978 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1979 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1980 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1983 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1984 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1986 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1987 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1988 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1989 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1990 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1995 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1996 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1997 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1998 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1999 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2000 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2004 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2005 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2006 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2007 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2009 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2010 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2015 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2017 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2018 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2020 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2021 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2022 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2029 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2030 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2031 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2033 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2034 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2035 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2036 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2045 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2046 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2048 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2053 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2055 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2057 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2058 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2062 /* Outermost top line. */
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2066 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2068 /* Outermost left line. */
2070 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2076 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2077 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2078 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2079 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2080 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2081 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2082 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2088 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2089 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2090 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2091 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2092 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2095 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2099 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2100 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2101 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2102 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2103 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2104 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2107 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2108 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2109 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2113 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2114 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2115 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2123 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2124 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2135 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2136 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2140 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2143 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2145 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2146 int left_p
, right_p
;
2147 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2148 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2150 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2151 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2152 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2154 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2155 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2157 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2159 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2160 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2162 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2164 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2166 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2168 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2169 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2171 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2172 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2173 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2175 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2177 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2179 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2180 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2181 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2184 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2185 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2186 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2191 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2194 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2197 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2199 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2200 right of that line. */
2201 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2202 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2204 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2206 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2208 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2209 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2210 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2211 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2217 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2218 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2219 trust on the shape extension to be available
2220 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2222 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2225 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2227 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2228 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2229 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2230 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2231 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2245 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2247 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2250 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2251 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2252 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2253 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2254 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2255 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2257 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2258 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2259 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2260 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2261 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2262 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2263 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2265 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2267 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2269 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2270 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2275 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2277 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2281 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2284 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2286 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2289 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2291 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2292 right of that line. */
2293 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2294 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2296 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2298 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2300 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2301 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2302 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2303 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2305 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2306 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2308 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2309 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2313 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2314 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2317 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2318 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2320 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2321 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2322 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2323 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2325 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2326 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2327 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2329 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2331 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2336 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2339 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2342 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2344 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2345 right of that line. */
2346 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2347 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2349 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2351 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2353 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2354 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2355 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2356 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2362 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2363 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2364 trust on the shape extension to be available
2365 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2367 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2371 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2372 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2373 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2374 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2375 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2377 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2378 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2379 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2380 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2384 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2385 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2386 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2388 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2389 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2390 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2391 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2392 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2393 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2394 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2396 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2398 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2399 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2400 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2405 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2406 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2407 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2411 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2412 give the rectangle to draw. */
2415 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2419 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2421 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2422 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2425 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2429 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2432 s->x +-------------------------
2435 | +-------------------------
2438 | | +-------------------
2444 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2446 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2447 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2449 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2452 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2453 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2454 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2455 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2457 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2458 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2460 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2461 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2465 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2466 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2470 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2471 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2472 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2473 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2474 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2476 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2477 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2478 s
->background_width
,
2481 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2483 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2485 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2488 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2489 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2490 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2491 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2492 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2493 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2494 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2499 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2501 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2502 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2503 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2504 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2512 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2514 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2516 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2517 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2519 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2522 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2525 /* Draw the foreground. */
2528 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2529 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2530 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2531 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2532 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2535 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2537 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2539 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2540 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2541 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2545 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2548 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2550 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2552 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2553 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2555 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2556 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2557 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2560 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2562 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2566 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2572 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2574 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2576 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2577 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2578 x
+= background_width
;
2580 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2581 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2585 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2587 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2588 if (width
< background_width
)
2591 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2595 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2599 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2600 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2602 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2608 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2609 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2611 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2613 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2614 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2615 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2616 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2621 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2622 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2623 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2624 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2628 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2630 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2631 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2633 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2634 except for header line and mode line. */
2635 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2637 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2640 if (background_width
> 0)
2641 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2644 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2648 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2651 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2653 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2655 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2656 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2657 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2658 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2661 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2663 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2664 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2665 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2666 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2668 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2670 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2671 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2673 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2674 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2678 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2679 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2681 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2682 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2683 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2684 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2685 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2686 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2689 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2692 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2695 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2697 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2698 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2699 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2700 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2701 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2702 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2704 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2706 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2709 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2713 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2717 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2718 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2720 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2721 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2724 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2725 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2726 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2727 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2729 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2730 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2733 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2734 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2735 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2737 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2738 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2745 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2747 /* Draw underline. */
2748 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2750 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2753 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2755 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2756 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2757 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2761 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2762 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2763 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2766 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2767 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2770 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2771 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2772 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2773 specs, and its default is
2775 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2776 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2778 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2779 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2780 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2782 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2784 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2786 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2788 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2789 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2790 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2791 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2792 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2793 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2794 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2795 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2796 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2797 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2798 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2799 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2803 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2804 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2805 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2806 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2807 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2811 /* Draw overline. */
2812 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2814 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2816 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2817 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2822 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2823 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2824 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2830 /* Draw strike-through. */
2831 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2833 unsigned long h
= 1;
2834 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2836 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2837 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2842 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2843 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2844 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2846 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2850 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2851 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2852 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2856 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2858 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2859 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2860 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2862 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2863 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2864 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2867 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2868 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2869 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2870 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2872 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2873 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2875 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2881 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2883 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2884 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2885 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2887 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2888 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2889 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2892 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2893 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2894 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2895 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2897 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2898 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2900 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2905 /* Reset clipping. */
2906 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2910 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2913 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2915 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2916 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2917 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2921 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2925 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2931 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2932 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2935 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2937 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2938 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2942 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2945 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2947 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2949 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2950 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2951 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2953 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2954 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2956 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2958 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2959 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2960 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2962 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2963 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2964 redisplay, do it here. */
2965 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2966 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2969 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2976 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2978 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2979 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2981 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2984 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2985 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2988 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2990 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2991 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2992 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2994 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2995 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2999 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3001 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3002 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3006 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3008 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3009 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3011 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3013 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3017 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3023 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3024 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3025 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3028 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3029 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3030 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3031 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3032 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3033 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3034 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3038 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3039 pixels into background pixels. */
3043 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3044 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3045 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3047 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3048 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3052 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3053 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3054 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3055 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3056 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3057 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3058 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3062 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3063 edge it is next to. */
3064 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3066 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3067 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3070 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3071 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3078 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3080 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3081 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3083 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3085 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3086 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3087 width
, flash_height
);
3088 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3090 (height
- flash_height
3091 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3092 width
, flash_height
);
3096 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3097 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3098 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3099 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3104 struct timeval wakeup
;
3106 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3108 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3109 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3110 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3111 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3113 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3115 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3117 struct timeval current
;
3118 struct timeval timeout
;
3120 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3122 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3123 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3126 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3128 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3130 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3131 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3135 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3136 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3138 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3140 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3141 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3142 width
, flash_height
);
3143 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3145 (height
- flash_height
3146 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3147 width
, flash_height
);
3150 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3151 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3152 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3153 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3156 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3157 #undef XFillRectangle
3159 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3168 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3172 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3177 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3178 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3179 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3182 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3183 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3184 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3189 /* Make audible bell. */
3192 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3194 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3196 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3203 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3204 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3211 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3212 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3213 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3214 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3217 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3219 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3224 /***********************************************************************
3226 ***********************************************************************/
3228 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3229 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3232 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3238 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3241 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3243 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3244 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3246 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3247 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3249 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3251 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3252 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3253 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3257 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3258 line at the bottom. */
3259 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3260 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3262 height
= run
->height
;
3266 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3268 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3269 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3271 height
= run
->height
;
3276 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3280 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3281 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3282 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3292 /***********************************************************************
3294 ***********************************************************************/
3298 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3300 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3301 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3302 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3303 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3305 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3306 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3308 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3309 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3313 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3315 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3316 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3317 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3318 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3320 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3321 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3323 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3324 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3327 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3328 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3329 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3330 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3331 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3334 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3336 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3338 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3340 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3341 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3342 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3344 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3345 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3347 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3348 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3350 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3353 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3356 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3357 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3358 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3361 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3363 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3365 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3367 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3368 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3370 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3371 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3372 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3373 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3374 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3376 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3377 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3381 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3384 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3385 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3388 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3390 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3392 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3394 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3395 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3399 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3400 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3402 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3403 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3407 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3408 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3410 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3413 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3415 struct frame
*frame
;
3417 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3421 switch (event
->type
)
3426 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3428 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3430 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3431 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3432 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3433 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3435 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3441 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3442 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3443 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3444 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3448 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3450 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3451 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3452 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3459 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3462 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3464 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3467 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3468 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3469 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3471 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3472 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3473 the appropriate X display info. */
3476 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3478 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3482 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3484 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3486 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3488 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3489 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3490 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3491 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3492 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3494 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3495 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3499 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3501 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3504 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3505 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3506 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3512 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3514 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3516 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3518 int min_code
, max_code
;
3521 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3523 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3524 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3525 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3526 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3527 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3529 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3531 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3532 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3534 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3536 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3537 Alt keysyms are on. */
3539 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3540 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3542 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3544 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3545 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3547 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3549 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3553 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3557 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3559 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3565 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3566 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3571 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3572 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3577 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3578 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3579 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3580 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3585 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3586 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3587 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3588 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3592 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3593 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3594 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3595 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3596 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3605 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3606 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3608 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3609 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3612 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3613 make them just meta, not alt. */
3614 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3616 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3619 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3620 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3623 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3627 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3629 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3630 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3631 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3632 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3635 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3636 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3637 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3638 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3639 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3640 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3641 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3642 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3645 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3646 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3647 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3648 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3649 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3650 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3654 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3656 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3657 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3658 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3659 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3665 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3666 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3667 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3668 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3669 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3670 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3673 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3674 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3675 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3676 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3677 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3678 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3681 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3684 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3689 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3697 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3699 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3701 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3705 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3707 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3709 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3710 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3711 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3712 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3714 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3718 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3719 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3720 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3726 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3727 The input handler calls this.
3729 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3730 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3731 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3732 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3734 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3735 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3738 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3740 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3741 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3742 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3744 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3747 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3749 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3750 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3751 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3752 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3757 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3758 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3759 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3760 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3761 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3762 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3764 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3765 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3766 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3767 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3768 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3769 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3777 /************************************************************************
3779 ************************************************************************/
3782 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3784 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3785 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3786 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3787 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3788 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3793 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3794 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3796 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3797 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3798 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3799 position on the scroll bar.
3801 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3802 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3805 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3806 was at this position.
3808 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3810 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3814 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3820 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3821 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3827 Window dummy_window
;
3830 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3832 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3833 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3834 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3835 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3836 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3838 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3840 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3841 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3842 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3844 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3847 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3848 a different screen. */
3851 /* The position on that root window. */
3854 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3857 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3859 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3861 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3862 containing the pointer. */
3866 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3870 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3871 structure is changing at the same time this function
3872 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3874 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3876 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3877 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3879 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3880 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3881 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3883 /* From-window, to-window. */
3884 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3886 /* From-position, to-position. */
3887 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3891 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3897 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3899 /* From-window, to-window. */
3902 /* From-position, to-position. */
3903 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3908 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3911 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3912 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3913 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3914 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3915 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3923 /* Now we know that:
3924 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3925 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3926 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3927 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3928 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3929 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3930 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3931 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3932 never use them in that case.) */
3935 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3936 want the edit window. */
3937 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3939 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3940 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3943 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3944 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3947 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3948 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3950 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3953 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3956 x_uncatch_errors ();
3958 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3961 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3963 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3967 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3973 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3974 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3978 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3979 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3980 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3981 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3982 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3983 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3984 the frame are divided into. */
3986 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3987 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3992 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3993 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3994 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4004 /***********************************************************************
4006 ***********************************************************************/
4008 /* Scroll bar support. */
4010 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4012 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4015 static struct scroll_bar
*
4016 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4020 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4021 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4022 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4024 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4026 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4028 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4029 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4030 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4033 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4036 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4038 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4039 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4040 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4041 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4042 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4045 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4046 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4047 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4048 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4055 #if defined USE_LUCID
4057 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4058 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4061 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4065 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4067 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4069 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4070 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4072 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4080 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4083 /************************************************************************
4085 ************************************************************************/
4087 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4089 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4090 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4091 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4092 struct scroll_bar
*);
4093 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4097 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4098 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4100 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4102 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4104 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4106 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4107 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4110 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4112 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4114 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4116 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4117 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4118 to avoid jerkyness. */
4120 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4122 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4123 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4124 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4125 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4128 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4129 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4132 const char *end_action
;
4135 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4136 end_action
= "Release";
4137 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4138 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4139 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4140 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4143 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4144 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4148 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4149 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4150 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4152 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4154 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4155 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4156 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4158 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4159 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4161 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4162 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4165 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4167 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4168 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4170 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4171 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4174 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4175 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4176 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4177 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4180 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4183 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4184 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4185 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4190 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4191 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4192 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4193 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4194 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4197 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4198 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4199 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4200 into that array in the event. */
4201 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4202 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4205 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4207 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4208 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4209 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4211 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4213 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4214 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4217 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4218 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4219 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4220 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4222 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4224 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4225 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4226 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4227 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4230 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4231 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4232 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4233 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4238 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4242 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4244 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4249 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4250 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4252 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4253 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4255 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4256 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4259 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4261 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4263 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4264 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4265 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4266 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4267 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4273 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4275 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4278 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4279 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4280 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4283 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4285 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4286 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4287 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4291 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4292 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4293 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4296 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4297 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4298 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4301 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4302 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4303 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4306 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4307 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4308 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4312 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4313 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4316 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4317 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4318 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4325 /* Get the slider size. */
4327 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4330 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4331 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4332 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4333 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4337 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4343 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4344 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4345 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4349 #elif defined USE_GTK
4351 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4352 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4355 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4356 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4360 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4362 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4363 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4364 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4366 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4367 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4372 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4373 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4374 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4375 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4377 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4378 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4379 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4380 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4381 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4384 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4385 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4386 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4388 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4389 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4392 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4393 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4394 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4396 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4397 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4398 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4404 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4405 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4406 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4412 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4415 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4416 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4419 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4420 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4421 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4423 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4424 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4425 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4432 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4434 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4435 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4436 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4440 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4442 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4443 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4445 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4448 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4450 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4454 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4456 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4457 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4458 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4459 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4460 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4462 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4464 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4466 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4467 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4468 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4469 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4473 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4474 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4475 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4476 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4477 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4478 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4479 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4482 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4484 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4485 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4486 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4490 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4492 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4495 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4496 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4498 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4499 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4500 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4501 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4503 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4505 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4506 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4507 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4508 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4511 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4513 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4515 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4516 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4520 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4522 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4525 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4526 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4531 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4534 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4540 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4541 unsigned long pixel
;
4546 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4547 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4553 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4555 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4558 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4562 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4565 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4569 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4570 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4572 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4579 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4581 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4583 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4585 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4588 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4589 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4591 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4592 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4593 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4594 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4596 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4598 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4599 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4600 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4601 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4604 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4605 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4607 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4610 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4614 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4621 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4623 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4624 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4626 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4629 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4630 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4631 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4633 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4636 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4638 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4641 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4642 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4643 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4645 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4649 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4650 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4651 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4652 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4653 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4654 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4655 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4658 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4659 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4663 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4664 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4665 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4667 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4669 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4672 /* Specify the colors. */
4673 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4679 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4682 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4688 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4689 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4693 char *val
= initial
;
4694 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4695 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4696 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4698 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4699 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4700 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4701 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4702 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4703 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4707 /* Define callbacks. */
4708 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4709 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4712 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4713 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4715 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4717 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4718 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4719 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4720 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4722 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4723 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4724 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4725 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4729 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4732 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4733 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4737 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4739 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4742 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4744 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4747 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4748 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4755 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4756 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4757 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4758 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4759 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4760 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4761 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4762 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4763 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4764 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4765 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4766 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4767 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4768 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4775 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4776 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4779 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4783 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4784 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4786 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4787 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4788 size
= max (size
, 1);
4790 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4791 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4792 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4794 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4796 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4802 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4803 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4807 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4809 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4810 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4811 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4815 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4816 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4817 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4820 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4821 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4823 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4824 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4825 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4826 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4828 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4829 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4832 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4833 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4834 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4836 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4840 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4844 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4846 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4850 /************************************************************************
4851 Scroll bars, general
4852 ************************************************************************/
4854 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4855 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4856 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4859 static struct scroll_bar
*
4860 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4862 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4863 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4864 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4868 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4869 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4870 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4872 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4876 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4877 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4878 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4880 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4881 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4883 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4885 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4887 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4888 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4889 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4890 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4891 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4893 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4895 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4896 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4897 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4899 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4901 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4908 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4910 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4912 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4916 bar
->height
= height
;
4919 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4920 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4922 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4923 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4925 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4926 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4927 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4929 /* Map the window/widget. */
4930 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4933 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4936 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4937 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4939 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4940 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4941 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4942 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4944 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4945 max (height
, 1), 0);
4946 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4947 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4949 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4950 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4951 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4958 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4960 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4962 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4963 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4964 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4967 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4968 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4969 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4970 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4971 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4974 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4976 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4977 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4978 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4979 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4981 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4983 && start
== bar
->start
4990 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4991 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4992 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4994 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4995 the distance between start and end. */
4997 int length
= end
- start
;
5001 else if (start
> top_range
)
5003 end
= start
+ length
;
5007 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5011 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5015 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5016 if (end
> top_range
)
5019 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5020 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5021 that many pixels tall. */
5022 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5024 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5025 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5027 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5028 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5029 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5030 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5031 inside_width
, start
,
5034 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5035 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5036 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5037 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5039 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5040 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5041 /* x, y, width, height */
5042 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5043 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5044 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5046 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5047 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5048 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5049 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5051 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5052 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5053 if (end
< inside_height
)
5054 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5055 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5056 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5057 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5058 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5066 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5068 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5072 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5077 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5079 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5080 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5081 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5082 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5084 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5087 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5088 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5094 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5095 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5096 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5100 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5102 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5103 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5104 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5105 int window_y
, window_height
;
5106 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5107 int fringe_extended_p
;
5110 /* Get window dimensions. */
5111 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5113 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5114 height
= window_height
;
5116 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5117 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5119 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5120 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5121 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5122 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5126 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5128 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5129 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5131 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5133 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5134 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5139 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5140 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5141 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5142 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5143 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5144 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5146 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5147 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5148 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5149 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5152 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5153 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5155 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5158 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5159 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5160 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5161 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5164 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5165 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5169 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5173 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5174 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5176 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5180 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5182 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5184 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5186 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5191 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5192 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5194 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5195 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5196 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5198 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5202 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5203 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5206 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5209 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5210 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5212 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5213 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5214 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5216 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5217 max (height
, 1), 0);
5218 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5220 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5222 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5223 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5224 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5230 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5231 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5235 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5236 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5237 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5240 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5241 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5242 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5244 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5245 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5246 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5247 rest
, height
, False
);
5249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5250 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5254 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5259 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5261 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5263 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5267 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5269 /* Remember new settings. */
5270 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5272 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5273 bar
->height
= height
;
5278 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5279 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5281 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5282 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5283 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5285 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5287 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5290 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5293 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5294 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5295 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5298 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5300 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5304 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5305 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5306 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5307 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5308 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5309 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5310 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5312 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5313 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5314 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5317 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5319 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5320 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5323 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5324 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5325 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5327 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5328 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5329 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5334 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5335 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5338 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5340 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5343 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5344 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5347 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5349 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5350 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5351 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5353 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5355 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5356 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5358 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5359 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5360 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5362 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5363 one or the other! */
5367 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5369 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5370 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5372 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5374 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5375 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5376 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5379 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5380 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5383 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5385 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5387 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5389 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5390 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5391 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5393 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5395 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5397 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5400 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5403 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5404 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5408 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5409 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5410 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5412 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5416 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5418 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5419 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5420 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5421 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5425 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5427 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5428 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5429 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5430 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5432 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5433 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5435 /* x, y, width, height */
5437 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5440 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5441 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5442 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5443 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5448 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5450 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5451 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5453 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5458 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5460 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5463 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5464 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5465 emacs_event
->modifiers
5466 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5467 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5468 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5469 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5472 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5473 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5474 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5477 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5478 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5481 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5484 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5485 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5486 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5488 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5490 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5491 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5492 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5493 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5495 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5496 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5498 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5499 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5503 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5504 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5508 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5510 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5512 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5516 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5518 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5520 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5523 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5525 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5526 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5528 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5529 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5531 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5533 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5535 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5540 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5542 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5543 on the scroll bar. */
5546 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5548 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5549 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5550 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5552 Window dummy_window
;
5554 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5558 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5560 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5562 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5563 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5564 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5566 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5569 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5575 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5577 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5579 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5580 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5584 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5588 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5590 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5591 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5592 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5593 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5594 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5595 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5597 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5599 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5600 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5603 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5606 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5612 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5613 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5614 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5618 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5620 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5623 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5624 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5625 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5626 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5627 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5628 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5629 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5630 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5632 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5636 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5638 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5639 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5640 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5641 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5643 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5644 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5646 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5648 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5649 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5651 static int temp_index
;
5652 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5654 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5655 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5657 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5659 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5660 on a particular display. */
5662 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5664 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5665 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5666 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5667 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5669 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5671 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5674 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5675 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5676 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5677 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5678 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5679 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5690 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5691 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5692 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5694 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5696 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5700 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5702 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5703 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5704 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5707 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5708 event
->xclient
.window
);
5710 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5715 static int current_count
;
5716 static int current_finish
;
5717 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5719 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5720 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5721 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5722 static GdkFilterReturn
5723 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5725 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5728 if (current_count
>= 0)
5730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5732 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5735 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5736 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5737 so we do it here. */
5738 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5740 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5743 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5748 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5751 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5755 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5759 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5760 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5762 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5764 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5767 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
,
5768 enum xembed_message message
,
5769 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5771 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5773 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5774 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5775 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5777 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5780 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5783 struct input_event ie
;
5784 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5789 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5790 struct coding_system coding
;
5791 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5792 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5794 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5796 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5797 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5800 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5801 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5807 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5808 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5809 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5811 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5812 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5814 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5815 could be the shell widget window
5816 if the frame has no title bar. */
5817 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5819 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5820 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5821 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5823 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5824 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5825 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5826 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5827 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5830 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5831 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5832 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5833 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5836 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5837 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5838 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5841 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5842 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5843 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5845 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5846 /* The ICCCM says this is
5847 the only valid choice. */
5849 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5850 /* This is needed to detect the error
5851 if there is an error. */
5853 x_uncatch_errors ();
5855 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5860 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5861 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5863 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5864 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5865 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5866 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5867 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5868 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5869 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5870 session manager and one for this. */
5872 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5875 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5876 event
.xclient
.window
);
5877 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5878 for a single Emacs process. */
5879 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5880 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5881 event
.xclient
.window
,
5882 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5884 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5885 event
.xclient
.window
,
5891 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5892 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5894 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5895 event
.xclient
.window
);
5897 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5899 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5900 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5907 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5908 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5913 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5914 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5917 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5919 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5920 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5924 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5931 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5932 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5934 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5936 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5940 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5942 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5943 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5944 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5945 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5947 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5948 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5949 currently never do because we are interested in
5950 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5951 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5952 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5955 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5956 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5960 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5961 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5962 we construct an input_event. */
5963 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5964 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5966 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5967 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5970 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5972 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5973 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5974 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5976 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5977 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5978 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5980 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5984 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5986 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5989 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5990 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5994 case SelectionNotify
:
5995 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5996 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5997 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5999 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6000 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6003 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6004 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6005 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6006 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6008 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6010 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6012 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6013 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6014 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6015 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6016 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6020 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6021 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6022 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6023 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6025 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6027 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6028 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6030 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6031 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6035 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6036 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6037 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6041 case PropertyNotify
:
6042 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6043 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6044 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6045 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6047 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6048 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6051 case ReparentNotify
:
6052 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6056 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6057 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6061 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6062 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6063 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6068 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6072 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6073 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6074 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6075 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6076 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6079 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6081 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6082 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6083 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6084 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6088 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6089 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6093 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6094 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6096 #if defined USE_LUCID
6097 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6098 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6099 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6102 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6104 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6106 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6108 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6109 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6111 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6112 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6113 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6116 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6117 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6120 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6121 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6125 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6126 source area was obscured or not
6128 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6132 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6133 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6134 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6136 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6139 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6142 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6143 source area was completely
6148 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6149 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6152 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6155 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6156 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6157 the frame was deleted. */
6159 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6160 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6161 display that won't ever be seen. */
6162 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6163 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6164 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6165 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6166 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6167 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6168 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6169 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6171 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6173 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6174 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6180 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6181 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6182 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6185 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6186 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6187 frame is visible. */
6188 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6191 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6192 the frame's display structures.
6193 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6194 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6195 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6196 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6197 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6198 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6200 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6201 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6202 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6203 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6205 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6206 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6207 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6211 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6212 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6214 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6215 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6216 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6217 to update the frame titles
6218 in case this is the second frame. */
6219 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6222 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6229 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6230 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6232 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6233 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6234 if (popup_activated ())
6238 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6240 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6241 mouse highlighting. */
6242 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6244 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6246 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6247 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6250 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6253 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6254 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6255 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6257 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6259 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6260 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6263 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6267 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6268 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6269 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6272 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6273 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6274 status_return even if the input is too long to
6275 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6276 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6277 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6278 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6279 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6280 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6281 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6283 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6287 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6288 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6289 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6291 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6295 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6296 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6297 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6299 /* This will have to go some day... */
6301 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6302 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6303 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6304 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6305 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6306 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6307 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6309 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6310 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6311 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6312 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6313 not it is combined with Meta. */
6314 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6315 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6320 Status status_return
;
6322 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6323 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6324 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6325 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6327 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6329 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6330 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6331 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6332 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6333 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6336 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6337 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6339 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6344 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6345 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6349 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6350 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6353 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6354 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6358 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6359 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6360 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6363 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6364 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6366 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6367 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6369 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6370 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6372 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6373 translations to characters. */
6374 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6375 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6377 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6378 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6382 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6383 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6385 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6386 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6388 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6389 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6393 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6394 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6395 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6399 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6400 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6401 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6402 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6406 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6407 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6408 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6409 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6410 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6411 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6413 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6414 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6416 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6417 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6418 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6419 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6420 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6421 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6423 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6424 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6426 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6427 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6429 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6430 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6432 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6433 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6435 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6436 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6438 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6439 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6441 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6442 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6444 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6445 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6447 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6448 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6450 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6451 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6453 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6454 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6456 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6457 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6459 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6460 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6462 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6463 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6464 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6465 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6466 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6467 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6468 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6469 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6470 don't have real modifiers but
6471 should be treated similarly to
6472 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6473 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6474 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6476 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6477 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6481 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6482 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6484 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6485 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6489 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6494 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6496 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6498 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6501 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6503 /* Decode the input data. */
6506 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6507 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6508 we used just above and the locale. */
6509 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6510 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6511 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6512 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6513 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6514 gives us composition information. */
6515 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6517 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6518 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6519 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6520 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6521 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6522 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6523 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6524 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6527 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6528 character events. */
6529 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6531 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6532 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6534 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6535 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6536 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6537 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6539 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6544 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6546 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6552 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6553 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6561 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6563 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6564 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6572 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6573 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6575 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6577 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6578 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6580 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6581 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6582 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6583 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6585 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6586 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6587 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6588 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6593 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6597 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6598 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6600 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6603 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6605 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6606 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6607 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6608 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6611 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6612 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6613 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6614 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6615 if (any_help_event_p
)
6619 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6620 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6621 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6626 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6631 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6632 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6633 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6635 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6636 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6637 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6639 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6641 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6643 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6644 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6648 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6654 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6655 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6656 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6660 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6661 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6664 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6665 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6666 will be selected only when it is active. */
6667 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6668 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6669 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6670 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6671 create event iff we don't leave the
6673 && (focus_follows_mouse
6674 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6675 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6677 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6678 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6683 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6684 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6688 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6689 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6690 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6691 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6694 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6695 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6697 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6698 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6699 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6702 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6703 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6704 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6705 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6710 case ConfigureNotify
:
6711 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6714 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6715 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6717 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6718 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6724 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6726 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6727 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6729 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6730 is called by the code that handles resizing
6731 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6733 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6734 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6735 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6736 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6737 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6738 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6739 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6741 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6742 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6743 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6746 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6747 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6748 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6752 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6753 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6754 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6755 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6758 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6762 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6763 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6772 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6773 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6776 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6777 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6778 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6780 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6782 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6783 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6785 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6788 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6793 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6794 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6795 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6798 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6799 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6801 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6802 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6804 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6806 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6807 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6808 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6809 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6814 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6815 if (! popup_activated ())
6818 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6820 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6821 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6823 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6824 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6826 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6827 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6830 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6832 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6833 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6834 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6838 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6839 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6840 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6842 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6843 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6845 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6847 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6848 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6850 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6852 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6853 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6856 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6858 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6859 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6862 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6865 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6867 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6868 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6869 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6873 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6874 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6875 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6876 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6877 Instead, save it away
6878 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6879 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6880 if (! popup_activated ()
6882 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6883 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6885 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6886 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6887 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6888 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6889 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6890 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6891 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6892 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6894 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6895 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6896 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6898 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6900 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6905 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6909 case CirculateNotify
:
6912 case CirculateRequest
:
6915 case VisibilityNotify
:
6919 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6921 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6923 case MappingModifier
:
6924 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6925 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6926 case MappingKeyboard
:
6927 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6932 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6937 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6939 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6940 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6942 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6947 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6949 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6954 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6959 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6965 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6966 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6967 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6971 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6972 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6982 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6983 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6984 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6986 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6988 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6990 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6991 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6993 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6996 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7002 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7003 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7004 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7006 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7007 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7008 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7011 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7014 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7018 int event_found
= 0;
7020 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7022 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7024 pending_signals
= 1;
7029 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7031 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7035 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7036 input_signal_count
++;
7041 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7042 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7044 struct input_event inev
;
7046 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7047 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7048 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7050 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7057 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7058 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7060 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7061 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7065 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7069 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7072 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7073 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7078 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7079 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7081 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7087 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7088 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7089 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7090 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7092 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7093 from all displays. */
7095 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7097 current_count
= count
;
7098 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7100 gtk_main_iteration ();
7102 count
= current_count
;
7104 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7106 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7109 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7113 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7114 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7117 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7118 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7119 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7121 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7125 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7126 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7128 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7130 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7131 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7135 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7137 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7138 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7140 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7141 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7153 /***********************************************************************
7155 ***********************************************************************/
7157 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7158 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7160 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7161 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7162 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7165 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7167 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7168 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7169 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7171 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7173 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7174 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7175 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7176 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7177 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7179 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7183 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7186 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7188 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7189 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7190 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7193 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7196 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7197 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7198 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7199 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7202 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7203 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7204 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7206 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7207 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7208 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7209 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7210 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7212 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7213 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7214 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7216 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7217 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7218 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7219 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7223 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7225 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7226 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7227 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7231 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7233 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7234 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7236 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7237 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7239 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7240 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7243 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7244 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7245 the bar might not be in the window. */
7246 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7248 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7249 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7250 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7254 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7255 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7256 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7257 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7258 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7261 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7262 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7263 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7264 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7265 that the glyph is legible. */
7266 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7267 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7269 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7270 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7273 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7276 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7277 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7280 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7282 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7284 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7287 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7288 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7290 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7292 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7293 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7294 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7295 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7297 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7298 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7299 width
, row
->height
);
7303 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7306 width
= row
->height
;
7308 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7310 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7311 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7313 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7314 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7315 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7316 row
->height
- width
),
7317 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7320 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7325 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7328 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7330 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7331 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7332 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7333 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7337 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7340 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7342 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7343 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7345 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7346 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7347 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7352 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7355 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7357 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7361 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7362 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7364 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7365 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7366 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7367 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7369 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7370 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7374 switch (cursor_type
)
7376 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7377 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7380 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7381 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7385 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7389 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7393 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7402 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7403 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7404 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7416 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7419 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7423 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7426 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7428 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7429 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7434 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7435 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7436 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7438 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7439 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7440 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7444 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7445 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7451 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7452 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7455 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7457 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7459 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7463 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7466 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7467 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7471 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7472 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7476 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7477 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7478 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7479 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7480 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7482 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7485 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7486 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7492 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7493 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7496 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7498 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7503 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7504 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7506 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7507 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7511 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7512 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7513 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7518 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7520 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7521 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7523 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7524 be called from a signal handler.
7527 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7528 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7530 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7532 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7534 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7535 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7536 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7539 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7541 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7542 x_error_message
->string
,
7543 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7546 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7547 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7550 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7551 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7552 stored in *x_error_message.
7554 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7555 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7557 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7559 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7562 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7564 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7566 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7570 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7571 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7572 x_error_message
= data
;
7575 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7576 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7579 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7581 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7585 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7586 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7587 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7588 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7590 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7591 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7596 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7597 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7598 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7601 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7603 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7606 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7608 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7609 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7610 x_uncatch_errors ();
7611 error (format
, string
);
7615 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7616 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7619 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7621 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7624 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7627 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7630 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7632 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7635 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7636 * idea. --lorentey */
7637 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7640 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7642 while (x_error_message
)
7643 x_uncatch_errors ();
7647 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7650 x_catching_errors (void)
7652 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7656 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7659 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7664 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7665 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7666 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7667 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7668 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7671 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7672 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7675 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7676 must reestablish each time */
7677 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7682 /************************************************************************
7684 ************************************************************************/
7686 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7688 static char *error_msg
;
7690 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7691 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7692 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7695 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7697 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7701 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7702 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7705 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7708 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7709 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7711 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7712 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7713 handling_signal
= 0;
7715 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7716 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7717 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7718 the original message here. */
7719 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7721 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7722 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7726 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7728 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7729 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7732 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7733 that are on the dead display. */
7734 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7736 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7738 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7739 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7740 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7741 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7742 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7743 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7746 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7747 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7748 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7749 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7750 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7751 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7753 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7754 trying to find a replacement. */
7755 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7756 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7759 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7760 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7763 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7764 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7765 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7766 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7768 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7769 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7770 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7772 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7773 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7775 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7776 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7777 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7778 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7779 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7780 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7781 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7784 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7785 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7786 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7787 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7788 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7789 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7790 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7791 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7792 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7795 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7797 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7798 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7800 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7801 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7802 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7803 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7808 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7809 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7813 x_uncatch_errors ();
7815 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7817 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7818 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7822 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7824 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7826 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7827 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7829 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7830 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7831 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7832 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7833 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7834 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7837 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7838 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7839 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7841 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7842 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7845 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7847 if (x_error_message
)
7848 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7850 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7854 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7855 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7856 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7858 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7860 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7861 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7863 static void NO_INLINE
7864 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7866 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7868 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7869 or colors that are not defined. */
7871 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7874 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7875 original error handler. */
7877 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7878 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7879 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7880 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7884 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7885 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7886 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7889 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7893 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7894 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7898 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7900 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7901 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7902 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7906 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7908 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7911 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7912 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7913 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7914 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7918 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7919 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7920 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7921 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7922 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7924 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7926 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7927 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7929 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7930 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7931 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7935 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7936 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7939 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7941 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7942 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7943 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7944 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7945 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7950 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7953 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7962 /***********************************************************************
7964 ***********************************************************************/
7970 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7971 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7972 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7975 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7977 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7978 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7982 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7983 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7985 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7986 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7988 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7989 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7993 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7994 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7995 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7999 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8002 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8003 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8006 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8007 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8010 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8018 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8019 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8026 XIMCallback destroy
;
8029 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8030 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8033 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8034 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8035 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8041 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8042 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8048 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8049 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8050 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8051 when the callback was registered. */
8054 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8056 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8057 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8059 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8063 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8065 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8066 as they have no XIC. */
8067 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8069 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8072 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8077 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8078 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8080 create_frame_xic (f
);
8081 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8082 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8083 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8085 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8086 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8095 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8098 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8099 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8100 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8101 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8104 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8106 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8110 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8111 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8114 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8115 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8116 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8117 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8118 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8119 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8120 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8121 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8122 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8123 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8124 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8125 least, hence the configure test. */
8126 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8127 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8128 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8129 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8131 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8135 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8138 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8143 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8144 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8145 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8147 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8148 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8149 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8150 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8151 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8152 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8153 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8154 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8156 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8159 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8163 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8164 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8167 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8169 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8171 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8172 is already for the top-left corner. */
8173 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8176 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8177 position that fits on the screen. */
8178 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8179 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8180 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8183 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8185 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8186 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8187 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8189 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8190 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8191 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8192 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8195 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8196 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8198 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8201 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8202 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8203 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8206 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8207 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8208 so the flags should correspond. */
8209 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8212 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8213 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8214 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8215 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8216 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8219 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8221 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8223 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8225 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8226 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8230 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8232 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8234 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8235 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8237 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8240 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8242 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8243 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8245 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8247 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8248 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8249 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8250 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8251 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8254 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8255 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8257 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8258 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8261 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8262 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8263 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8264 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8267 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8268 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8269 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8271 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8272 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8273 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8274 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8275 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8276 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8281 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8282 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8283 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8284 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8285 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8288 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8291 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8292 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8293 Window wmcheck_window
;
8294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8295 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8296 long max_len
= 65536;
8297 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8298 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8299 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8303 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8304 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8305 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8306 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8307 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8308 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8310 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8312 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8313 x_uncatch_errors ();
8318 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8321 /* Check if window exists. */
8322 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8324 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8326 x_uncatch_errors ();
8331 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8333 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8334 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8335 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8336 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8337 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8338 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8340 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8342 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8344 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8345 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8346 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8348 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8350 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8351 x_uncatch_errors ();
8356 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8357 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8358 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8363 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8364 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8366 x_uncatch_errors ();
8373 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8375 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8377 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8378 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8380 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8382 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8384 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8386 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8391 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8396 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8398 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8399 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8402 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8403 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8404 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8407 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8413 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8414 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8416 long max_len
= 65536;
8417 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8418 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8419 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8422 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8425 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8426 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8427 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8428 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8429 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8431 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8433 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8434 x_uncatch_errors ();
8439 x_uncatch_errors ();
8441 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8443 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8444 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8446 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8447 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8449 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8451 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8453 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8454 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8456 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8458 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8459 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8460 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8464 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8468 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8471 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8474 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8477 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8479 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8480 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8482 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8484 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8488 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8490 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8491 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8492 are sent at once. */
8493 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8495 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8496 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8497 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8499 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8500 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8502 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8503 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8504 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8505 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8507 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8508 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8510 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8511 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8512 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8513 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8515 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8518 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8519 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8521 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8524 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8525 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8532 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8536 return have_net_atom
;
8540 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8542 if (f
->async_visible
)
8545 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8553 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8555 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8559 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8563 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8566 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8569 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8572 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8577 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8578 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8581 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8582 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8584 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8586 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8589 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8590 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8592 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8593 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8594 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8596 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8598 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8599 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8601 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8603 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8604 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8605 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8606 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8607 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8609 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8610 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8612 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8613 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8616 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8621 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8622 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8623 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8624 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8625 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8626 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8627 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8630 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8632 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8634 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8635 window manager window around the frame. */
8637 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8639 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8641 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8646 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8647 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8648 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8650 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8652 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8653 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8655 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8656 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8658 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8661 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8662 frame's position. */
8664 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8668 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8669 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8670 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8671 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8672 of an exact comparison. */
8675 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8679 while (count
++ < 50)
8681 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8683 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8684 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8687 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8688 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8692 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8695 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8696 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8699 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8703 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8704 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8706 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8710 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8712 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8714 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8717 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8718 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8720 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8721 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8723 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8724 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8725 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8726 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8727 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8729 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8731 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8732 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8733 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8735 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8740 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8741 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8743 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8744 break; /* Timeout */
8746 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8747 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8751 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8752 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8753 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8754 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8757 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8759 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8761 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8762 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8763 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8765 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8767 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8769 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8770 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8771 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8772 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8774 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8775 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8776 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8777 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8780 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8781 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8782 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8783 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8784 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8786 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8787 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8788 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8789 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8791 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8792 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8793 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8794 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8795 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8797 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8800 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8801 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8802 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8803 if (f
->async_visible
)
8804 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8807 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8808 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8809 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8815 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8816 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8817 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8818 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8821 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8825 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8829 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8830 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8831 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8832 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8833 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8834 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8835 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8836 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8837 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8838 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8840 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8842 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8843 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8844 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8845 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8846 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8847 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8848 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8852 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8853 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8855 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8856 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8860 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8862 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8863 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8865 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8866 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8867 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8868 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8869 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8874 /* Mouse warping. */
8877 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8881 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8882 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8884 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8885 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8887 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8888 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8892 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8893 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8897 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8900 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8904 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8905 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8909 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8912 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8915 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8916 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8917 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8918 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8919 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8924 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8927 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8929 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8930 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8934 /* Raise frame F. */
8937 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8940 if (f
->async_visible
)
8941 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8943 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8947 /* Lower frame F. */
8950 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8952 if (f
->async_visible
)
8955 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8961 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8964 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8966 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8967 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8970 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8973 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8974 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8975 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8977 Fcons (make_number (1),
8978 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8984 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8992 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8995 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8997 unsigned long data
[2];
8998 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9000 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9003 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9004 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9005 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9009 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9013 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9014 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9015 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9016 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9017 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9018 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9019 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9020 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9021 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9023 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9024 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9025 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9028 /* Change of visibility. */
9030 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9031 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9032 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9033 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9034 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9035 finishes with it. */
9038 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9041 int original_top
, original_left
;
9042 int retry_count
= 2;
9048 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9050 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9052 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9054 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9055 call x_set_offset a second time
9056 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9057 before the window gets really visible. */
9058 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9059 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9060 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9061 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9063 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9065 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9066 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9067 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9068 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9069 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9072 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9073 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9075 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9077 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9078 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9080 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9081 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9083 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9084 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9085 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9088 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9090 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9091 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9092 so that incoming events are handled. */
9096 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9097 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9098 will set it when they are handled. */
9099 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9101 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9102 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9104 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9107 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9109 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9110 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9111 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9112 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9114 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9115 because the window manager may choose the position
9116 and we don't want to override it. */
9118 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9119 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9120 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9121 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9122 && previously_visible
)
9126 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9130 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9131 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9132 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9133 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9134 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9135 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9136 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9137 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9138 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9140 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9141 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9142 original_left
, original_top
);
9147 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9149 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9150 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9151 MapNotify at all.. */
9152 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9153 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9155 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9158 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9159 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9160 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9161 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9162 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9164 if (input_polling_used ())
9166 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9167 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9168 handler reset it. */
9169 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9170 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9171 poll_for_input_1 ();
9172 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9175 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9176 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9181 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9185 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9186 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9187 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9188 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9190 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9195 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9197 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9200 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9204 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9205 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9207 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9208 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9209 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9213 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9214 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9215 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9216 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9217 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9218 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9221 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9222 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9225 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9226 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9231 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9232 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9234 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9235 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9239 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9240 just by the event that we get from the server.
9241 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9242 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9243 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9245 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9246 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9247 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9254 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9257 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9262 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9263 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9264 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9266 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9271 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9273 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9275 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9278 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9280 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9281 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9283 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9286 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9287 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9295 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9297 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9298 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9299 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9300 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9301 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9302 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9303 so we have to record it here. */
9306 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9307 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9312 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9313 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9314 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9318 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9320 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9321 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9325 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9327 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9329 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9330 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9331 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9332 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9333 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9334 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9336 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9337 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9339 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9340 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9344 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9345 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9346 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9347 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9348 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9350 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9351 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9353 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9356 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9357 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9361 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9363 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9365 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9367 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9368 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9371 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9372 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9374 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9376 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9380 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9383 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9385 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9387 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9388 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9392 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9393 commands to the X server. */
9394 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9396 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9397 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9399 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9400 free_frame_faces (f
);
9402 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9403 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9405 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9406 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9407 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9408 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9409 toolkit scroll bars. */
9410 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9412 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9413 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9422 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9423 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9425 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9426 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9428 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9429 we are using a toolkit. */
9430 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9431 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9433 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9434 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9437 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9438 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9440 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9441 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9442 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9444 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9445 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9446 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9447 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9449 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9451 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9452 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9453 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9454 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9455 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9456 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9457 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9458 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9459 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9460 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9461 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9462 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9463 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9464 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9465 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9468 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9471 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9472 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9473 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9475 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9476 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9477 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9478 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9479 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9480 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9482 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9484 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9485 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9486 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9487 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9488 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9489 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9490 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9497 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9500 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9502 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9504 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9505 commands to the X server. */
9506 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9507 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9509 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9513 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9515 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9516 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9517 that the window now has.
9518 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9519 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9520 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9524 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9526 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9527 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9529 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9530 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9532 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9533 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9535 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9536 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9538 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9539 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9540 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9541 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9542 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9543 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9545 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9547 int base_width
, base_height
;
9548 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9550 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9551 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9553 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9555 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9556 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9557 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9558 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9559 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9561 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9562 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9563 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9565 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9566 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9567 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9568 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9569 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9572 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9575 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9580 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9581 long supplied_return
;
9584 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9588 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9593 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9594 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9595 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9596 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9597 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9598 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9599 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9600 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9607 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9608 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9612 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9613 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9615 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9617 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9619 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9621 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9624 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9626 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9629 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9630 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9631 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9632 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9634 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9637 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9638 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9642 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9644 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9646 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9647 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9652 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9653 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9654 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9655 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9659 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9667 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9671 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9675 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9676 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9677 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9678 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9681 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9683 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9684 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9686 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9690 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9692 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9694 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9696 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9698 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9702 /***********************************************************************
9704 ***********************************************************************/
9708 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9712 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9716 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9717 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9718 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9721 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9724 /***********************************************************************
9726 ***********************************************************************/
9728 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9729 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9730 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9731 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9733 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9734 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9735 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9737 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9738 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9739 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9740 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9741 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9742 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9743 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9746 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9748 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9750 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9752 static int x_initialized
;
9755 static int x_session_initialized
;
9758 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9759 the screen number from the server number. */
9761 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9764 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9765 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9766 int length_until_period
= 0;
9768 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9769 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9770 length_until_period
++;
9772 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9773 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9775 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9777 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9778 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9779 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9780 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9781 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9782 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9783 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9784 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9785 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9786 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9787 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9788 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9789 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9790 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9792 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9796 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9800 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9801 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9804 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9805 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9808 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9829 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9830 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9833 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9838 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9840 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9848 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9850 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9851 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9855 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9856 the structure that describes the open display.
9857 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9859 struct x_display_info
*
9860 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9864 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9865 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9867 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9877 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9878 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9884 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9885 char **argv2
= argv
;
9888 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9890 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9894 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9895 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9897 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9901 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9903 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9905 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9906 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9909 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9910 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9912 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9914 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9915 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9916 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9917 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9918 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9919 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9921 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9925 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9927 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9928 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9930 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9932 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9933 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9935 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9936 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9938 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9939 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9942 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9943 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9946 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9947 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9948 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9950 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9951 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9952 So let's not use it until R6. */
9954 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9965 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9966 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9968 turn_on_atimers (0);
9969 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9970 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9971 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9973 turn_on_atimers (1);
9976 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9981 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9982 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9983 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9984 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9985 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9987 /* Detect failure. */
9994 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9996 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9997 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9998 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10000 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10003 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10006 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10007 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10008 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10009 SDATA (display_name
)))
10012 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10015 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10016 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10017 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10019 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10020 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10021 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10022 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10023 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10025 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10027 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10029 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10030 list of terminals. */
10031 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10032 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10033 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10034 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10036 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10037 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10039 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10040 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10041 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10043 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10044 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10048 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10049 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10050 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10051 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10052 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10054 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10057 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10058 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10059 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10061 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10062 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10063 x_display_name_list
);
10064 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10066 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10068 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10069 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10070 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10071 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10074 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10078 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10079 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10081 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10082 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10084 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10085 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10087 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10089 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10090 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10091 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10093 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10094 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10096 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10097 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10098 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10099 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10101 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10103 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10105 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10107 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10108 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10109 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10110 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10111 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10112 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10113 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10114 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10115 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10116 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10117 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10118 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10121 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10122 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10123 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10124 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10125 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10126 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10131 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10132 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10133 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10136 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10137 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10138 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10140 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10142 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10143 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10144 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10145 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10146 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10147 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10150 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10151 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10153 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10156 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10157 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10158 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10160 if (STRINGP (value
)
10161 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10162 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10163 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10167 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10168 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10172 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10173 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10174 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10175 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10176 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10178 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10180 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10181 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10185 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10187 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10188 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10189 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10190 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10191 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10192 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10193 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10194 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10195 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10204 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10205 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10206 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10207 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10208 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10209 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10210 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10211 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10212 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10213 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10214 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10215 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10216 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10217 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10218 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10219 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10220 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10221 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10222 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10223 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10224 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10225 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10226 /* For properties of font. */
10227 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10228 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10229 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10230 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10231 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10232 /* Ghostscript support. */
10233 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10234 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10235 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10236 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10238 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10239 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10240 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10241 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10242 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10243 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10244 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10246 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10247 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10248 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10250 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10251 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10252 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10253 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10254 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10255 /* Session management */
10256 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10257 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10258 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10262 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10263 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10264 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10265 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10266 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10267 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10269 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10270 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10272 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10273 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10274 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10275 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10277 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10278 False
, atoms_return
);
10280 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10281 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10283 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10284 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10286 xfree (atom_names
);
10287 xfree (atoms_return
);
10290 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10291 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10292 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10293 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10295 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10296 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10297 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10299 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10300 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10304 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10306 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10307 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10311 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10314 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10316 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10317 if (connection
!= 0)
10318 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10321 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10322 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10325 if (interrupt_input
)
10326 init_sigio (connection
);
10327 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10331 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10332 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10335 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10336 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10337 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10338 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10339 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10340 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10341 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10342 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10344 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10345 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10346 x_uncatch_errors ();
10350 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10351 for debugging X code. */
10354 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10355 build_string ("synchronous"),
10356 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10358 if (STRINGP (value
)
10359 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10360 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10361 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10366 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10367 build_string ("useXIM"),
10368 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10371 if (STRINGP (value
)
10372 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10373 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10376 if (STRINGP (value
)
10377 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10378 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10384 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10385 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10387 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10388 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10396 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10397 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10400 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10402 struct terminal
*t
;
10404 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10406 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10407 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10410 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10411 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10412 x_session_close ();
10414 delete_terminal (t
);
10418 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10420 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10421 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10422 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10423 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10424 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10429 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10430 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10432 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10434 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10437 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10441 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10442 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10444 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10445 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10448 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10450 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10451 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10452 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10455 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10456 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10457 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10461 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10463 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10464 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10465 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10466 that slows us down. */
10469 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10472 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10473 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10475 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10476 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10477 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10478 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10483 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10484 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10485 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10486 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10487 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10488 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10489 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10492 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10495 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10497 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10499 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10500 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10501 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10506 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10509 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10511 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10513 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10515 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10519 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10521 x_after_update_window_line
,
10522 x_update_window_begin
,
10523 x_update_window_end
,
10529 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10531 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10532 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10533 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10534 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10535 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10536 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10537 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10538 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10539 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10540 x_clear_frame_area
,
10541 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10542 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10543 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10547 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10549 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10553 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10554 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10555 if (!terminal
->name
)
10560 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10563 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10566 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10567 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10568 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10570 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10571 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10573 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10574 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10575 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10576 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10578 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10579 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10580 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10581 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10582 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10583 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10584 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10585 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10586 leaks in other situations. */
10588 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10589 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10591 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10593 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10594 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10595 closing all the displays. */
10596 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10600 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10602 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10603 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10605 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10607 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10610 /* Mark as dead. */
10611 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10612 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10616 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10617 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10619 static struct terminal
*
10620 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10622 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10624 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10626 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10627 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10628 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10630 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10632 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10633 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10634 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10635 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10636 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10637 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10638 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10639 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10640 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10641 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10642 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10643 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10644 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10645 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10646 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10647 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10648 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10649 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10650 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10651 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10653 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10654 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10656 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10657 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10658 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10659 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10660 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10661 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10668 x_initialize (void)
10673 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10674 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10675 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10677 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10681 current_count
= -1;
10684 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10685 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10687 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10688 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10690 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10692 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10693 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10694 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10695 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10696 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10697 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10698 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10700 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10703 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10705 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10706 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10710 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10711 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10712 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10714 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10715 original error handler. */
10716 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10717 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10719 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10721 xgselect_initialize ();
10726 syms_of_xterm (void)
10728 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10730 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10731 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10733 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10734 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10736 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10737 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10739 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10740 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10742 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10743 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10746 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10747 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10749 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10750 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10753 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10754 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10755 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10756 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10757 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10758 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10759 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10761 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10763 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10764 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10765 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10766 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10767 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10768 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10769 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10771 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10772 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10773 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10774 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10775 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10776 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10777 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10778 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10779 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10781 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10782 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10783 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10784 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10785 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10786 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10787 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10789 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10790 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10791 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10793 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10795 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10798 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10801 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10802 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10804 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10805 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10806 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10807 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10808 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10809 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10810 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10811 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10812 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10814 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10815 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10816 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10817 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10818 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10819 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10821 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10822 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10823 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10824 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10825 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10826 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10828 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10829 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10830 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10831 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10832 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10833 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10835 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10836 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10837 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10838 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10839 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10840 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10843 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10844 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10845 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10846 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10850 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */